Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version
-- Select Location -- Banner Request Bell City Crossfit Brackett Park Brackett Park - Basketball Court Brackett Park - Gazebo Brackett Park - Goodshell Toddler Playground Bristol Arts & Innovation Magnet School (BAIMS) Bristol Central High School Track Bristol Central High School Wrestling Room Bristol Eastern High School Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS - Auditorium Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS - Big Gym Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS - Small Gym Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS - Soccer Fields Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS Track Bristol FCG Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services - Main Office (51 High St) Camp Canine Casey Field Casey Field - Rectangular Field Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School Chippens Hill Middle School Chippens Hill Middle School - CHMS Baseball Field Chippens Hill Middle School - CHMS Lower Soccer Field Chippens Hill Middle School - CHMS Softball Field Chippens Hill Middle School - CHMS Upper Soccer Field Chippens Hill Middle School - Gymnasium Chris Cote's Golf Shop Dennis N Malone Aquatics Center Edgewood School Edgewood School - ES T-ball Field Farmington Miniature Golf & Ice Cream Federal Hill Green - Federal Hill Gazebo Federal Hill Green - Federal Hill Open Field Federal Hill Green - Riordan Toddler Playground FLIPS Gymnastics Center Fraser Field - Baseball Fields Greene-Hills School Greene-Hills School - GHS Baseball Field Greene-Hills School - GHS Soccer Field Greene-Hills School - GHS Softball Field Greene-Hills School - Greene- Hills School Gym Greene-Hills School - Library Healthtrax Fitness & Wellness Hubbell School Hubbell School - HS Baseball Field Ivy Drive School Ivy Drive School - IDS Field Ivy Drive School - IDS Softball Field Memorial Boulevard - Memorial Boulevard - Gazebo Memorial Boulevard - Memorial Boulevard Track Memorial Boulevard - Memorial Boulevard- Covered Picnic Area Memorial Boulevard - Memorial Boulevard- Open Field Mix Street Field- Softball Field - Mix Street Outer Field Mountain View School - MV Lower Field Mountain View School - MV Softball Field Muzzy Field Nelson Field Northeast Middle School Northeast Middle School - NMS Baseball Field Northeast Middle School - NMS Side Field Northeast Middle School - NMS Soccer Field Northeast Middle School - NMS Softball Field Page Park Page Park - Basketball Court Page Park - Court Pavilion Page Park - Disc Golf Course Page Park - Hardball Diamond Page Park - Ingraham Field (Upper & Lower) Page Park - Ingraham Field- Upper Page Park - Outdoor Pool Page Park - Pickleball Court 1 Page Park - Pickleball Court 2 Page Park - Pickleball Court 3 Page Park - Pickleball Court 4 Page Park - Softball Field Page Park - Tennis Court 1 Page Park - Tennis Court 2 Page Park - Tennis Court 3 Page Park - Tennis Court 4 Page Park - Tennis Court 5 Peck Park - Baseball Field Peck Park - Field #3 Peck Park - Tennis Courts Perry J. Spinelli Pavilion Quinlan Park Remote Recreation Roberts Property Park Rockwell Park Rockwell Park - Amphitheatre Rockwell Park - B.A.R.K Park (Off-Leash Dog Park) Rockwell Park - Back Playground Shelter Rockwell Park - Basketball Court Rockwell Park - Bike Pump Park Rockwell Park - Gazebo - at open field Rockwell Park - Hiking Trails Rockwell Park - Mountain Bike Trails Rockwell Park - Mrs. Rockwell's Pavilion Rockwell Park - Open Field Rockwell Park - Outdoor Pool Rockwell Park - Rockwell Park Pond Rockwell Park - Skate Park Rockwell Park - Stone House/ Summer House Rockwell Park - T-Shelter Rockwell Park - Volleyball Court 1 Rockwell Park - Volleyball Court 2 Rockwell Theater Seymour Park - Basketball Court Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 1 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 2 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 3 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 4 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 5 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 6 Seymour Park - Riley Baseball Field Shepard Meadows ShopRite of Bristol Show Mobile South Side School South Side School - SSS Soccer Field South Side School - SSS Softball Field Stafford Elementary School Stafford Elementary School - SS Soccer Field Stafford Elementary School - SS Softball Field Stafford Elementary School - Stafford School Cafeteria Stafford Elementary School - Stafford School Gym Stafford Elementary School - Stafford School Library Stocks Playground - Basketball Court Stocks Playground - Picnic Shelter Stocks Playground - Volleyball - Court 1(inside) Stocks Playground - Volleyball - Court 2 (inside) Stocks Playground - Volleyball - Court 3 (Middle St) Stocks Playground - Volleyball - Court 4 (low net Middle Street) The Carousel Museum Virtual Class - Zoom West Bristol School West Bristol School - WBS Baseball Field West Bristol School - WBS Soccer Field West Bristol School - WBS Softball Field Wilson Playground - Basketball Court Wilson Playground - Softball Field
to   
Show Location

Sunday June 14, 2026
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - 2026 Men's 40+ Spring Softball League Program Description:BPRYCS will be offering a Spring and Fall Men's 40-and-Over Slowpitch Softball league. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix Street Field or Casey Field. Each team is guaranteed 16 regular season games (8 double headers), and all teams will make the playoffs. The league winners will receive championship t-shirts.Program Note:BPRYCS is only able to admit 6 teams into the Spring and Fall leagues, so don't wait to register. Registration is first-come, first-served. Registration is first come, first served. The total fee for a team is $800, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full when registering online or at the BPRYCS office, or teams can choose to pay only the $200 deposit at the time of registration to reserve their spot in the league, but a team representative must submit the remaining $600 to the BPRYCS office before their first game. Individual Players:BPRYCS is currently only taking full team registrations. If you are an individual looking to join, or have a group of players but not enough for a full team, please reach out to League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as batting, catching, and throwing.  - Develop teamwork and collaboration among team members.  - Develop better communication skills.  - Participate in games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM	Bristol Youth Lacrosse Practices and Games
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	BLL Games and Practices
8:30 AM - 2:30 PM	Bristol Mustangs
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Diamond Kings Baseball Practice
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM	1 Year Old Birthday Party
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Birthday Party
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Birthday Luxury Picnic
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.

Monday June 15, 2026
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Ai Chi- Mon, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:30 PM - 8:45 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 5 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 5 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 5 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 5 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Bristol Bulldogs Cheer Clinics
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club Practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Youth Lacrosse
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice and Games
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS T-Ball Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Bristol Little League Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Bell City Broncos Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Diamond Kings Baseball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Adult Novice Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Tuesday June 16, 2026
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season - Rain Date
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Pilates- Tue, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:30 PM - 8:45 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club Practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Youth Lacrosse
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS T-Ball Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Bristol Little League Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Bell City Broncos Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Zumba- Tue, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Women Only Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim-Summer- Learning the Basics Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim- Summer- Improving skills and Swimming Strokes Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Wednesday June 17, 2026
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Wed, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:15 AM - 9:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Fountain of Youth)- Wed, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Intervals)- Wed, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	BCHS Pickleball Club
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	BCHS Pickleball Club
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	BCHS Pickleball Club
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Baseball
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club Practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Youth Lacrosse
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS T-Ball Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Bristol Little League Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Bell City Broncos Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball Games
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Fit Float- Wed, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Thursday June 18, 2026
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Hydrorider- Thurs, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
11:00 AM - 7:00 PM	Reach for the Stars Event (SHOWMOBILE)
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Hartford Job Corp
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:30 PM - 8:45 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club Practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Youth Lacrosse
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS T-Ball Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Bristol Little League Practice
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Toilet League @ You Shall Not Pass Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Team Royal @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Bell City Broncos Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball Games
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Sets on the Beach @ You Shall Not Pass Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Toilet League @ Team Royal Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim- Summer- Improving skills and Swimming Strokes Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Ball Benders @ Dig Pics Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Sets on the Beach @ Out of the Blue Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Running Late @ Sandy Cheeks Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Sandy Cheeks @ Dig Pics Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Sets on the Beach @ Ball Benders Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Running Late @ Out of the Blue Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim-Summer- Learning the Basics Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Friday June 19, 2026
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	Hold
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Hydrorider- Fr, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM	Birthday Party
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	BCHS Pickleball Club
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	BCHS Pickleball Club
2:30 PM - 3:30 PM	BCHS Pickleball Club
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Bristol Greeners Baseball Games
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club Practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Soccer Club practice
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Youth Lacrosse
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice and Games
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS T-Ball Practice
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL T-Ball
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Bristol Little League Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Bell City Broncos Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	Community Volleyball for DCF Youth
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Saturday June 20, 2026
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season - Rain Date
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Kickball
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	BLL Games and Practices
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Bell City Barnstormers Games
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Kickball
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM	graduation party
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Birthday
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Birthday Party
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Kickball
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Easter Seals Charity Softball Tournament

Sunday June 21, 2026
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season - Rain Date
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - 2026 Men's 40+ Spring Softball League Program Description:BPRYCS will be offering a Spring and Fall Men's 40-and-Over Slowpitch Softball league. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix Street Field or Casey Field. Each team is guaranteed 16 regular season games (8 double headers), and all teams will make the playoffs. The league winners will receive championship t-shirts.Program Note:BPRYCS is only able to admit 6 teams into the Spring and Fall leagues, so don't wait to register. Registration is first-come, first-served. Registration is first come, first served. The total fee for a team is $800, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full when registering online or at the BPRYCS office, or teams can choose to pay only the $200 deposit at the time of registration to reserve their spot in the league, but a team representative must submit the remaining $600 to the BPRYCS office before their first game. Individual Players:BPRYCS is currently only taking full team registrations. If you are an individual looking to join, or have a group of players but not enough for a full team, please reach out to League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as batting, catching, and throwing.  - Develop teamwork and collaboration among team members.  - Develop better communication skills.  - Participate in games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	BLL Games and Practices
8:30 AM - 2:30 PM	Bristol Mustangs
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Diamond Kings Baseball Practice
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:45 AM - 7:00 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM	fathers day celebration family
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.

Monday June 22, 2026
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Ai Chi- Mon, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Bristol Bulldogs Cheer Clinics
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice and Games
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Diamond Kings Baseball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Adult Novice Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Tuesday June 23, 2026
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Pilates- Tue, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Grade 5 Class Night
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Baseball
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Zumba- Tue, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Women Only Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Summer Concert - The Psychedelic Relics Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 PM beginning June 23rd.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Soul, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Enjoy a night out and live music by your favorite local area bands! Bring your family and friends, blankets and chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.      June 23rd: The Psychedelic Relics - 60'sFood Truck(s)*: The Cluck Truck, Lucan Jamaican Grill, Doda's Ice CreamJune 30th: Cajun Ray and the Steamers - Acoustic/Rock Food Truck(s)*: Rich Farm Ice Cream, The Cluck Truck, Lucan Jamaican GrillJuly 7th: Country Steel - CountryFood Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, DEM BOYZ Catering, Ritas IcesJuly 14th: The E' Band - R&B / PopFood Truck(s)*: Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 21st: Rock Station Band - Classic RockFood Truck(s)*: Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeJuly 28th: Still Pickin' - Bluegrass / Country Music Food Truck(s)*: Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeAugust 4th: Spirit Shaker - 70s/80s Hard RockFood Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, DEM BOYZ Catering, Doda's Ice CreamAugust 11th: Skyway - R&B / 70sFood Truck(s)*: Ritas IcesWe'll be featuring a different local food truck* every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. *Food Trucks Subject to change.
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim-Summer- Learning the Basics Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim- Summer- Improving skills and Swimming Strokes Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Wednesday June 24, 2026
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season - Rain Date
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Wed, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:15 AM - 9:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Fountain of Youth)- Wed, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Intervals)- Wed, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball Games
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Fit Float- Wed, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Thursday June 25, 2026
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Hydrorider- Thurs, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM	Hartford Job Corp
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Toilet League @ Team Royal Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Sets on the Beach @ You Shall Not Pass Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball Games
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Sets on the Beach @ Toilet League Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): You Shall Not Pass @ Team Royal Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:00 PM - 10:00 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim- Summer- Improving skills and Swimming Strokes Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Sandy Cheeks @ Ball Benders Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Out of the Blue @ Dig Pics Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Sets on the Beach @ Running Late Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Dig Pics @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Ball Benders @ Running Late Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Out of the Blue @ Sandy Cheeks Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim-Summer- Learning the Basics Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Friday June 26, 2026
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Hydrorider- Fr, AM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
3:30 PM - 9:30 PM	America 250th Celebration (SHOWMOBILE)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice and Games
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Mini Early Summer - Mini Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, PM Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	Community Volleyball for DCF Youth
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Saturday June 27, 2026
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	BLL Games and Practices
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Bell City Barnstormers Games
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Family Fun Day
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 3:00 PM	B.E.S.T. Mindful Yoga Series - B.E.S.T. Community Clean Up Move, breathe, and recharge. Our yoga series helps engage the body, calm the mind, and empower healthier daily choices. No registration required.
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Grad Party
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Graduation celebration
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM	Birthday
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM	Birthday Party
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS State Sectionals Games
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Birthday
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Birthday
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Birthday
3:30 PM - 9:30 PM	America 250th Celebration (SHOWMOBILE)
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Birthday Party

Sunday June 28, 2026
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM	NEDSO - Adult Recreational Softball Event
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - 2026 Men's 40+ Spring Softball League Program Description:BPRYCS will be offering a Spring and Fall Men's 40-and-Over Slowpitch Softball league. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix Street Field or Casey Field. Each team is guaranteed 16 regular season games (8 double headers), and all teams will make the playoffs. The league winners will receive championship t-shirts.Program Note:BPRYCS is only able to admit 6 teams into the Spring and Fall leagues, so don't wait to register. Registration is first-come, first-served. Registration is first come, first served. The total fee for a team is $800, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full when registering online or at the BPRYCS office, or teams can choose to pay only the $200 deposit at the time of registration to reserve their spot in the league, but a team representative must submit the remaining $600 to the BPRYCS office before their first game. Individual Players:BPRYCS is currently only taking full team registrations. If you are an individual looking to join, or have a group of players but not enough for a full team, please reach out to League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as batting, catching, and throwing.  - Develop teamwork and collaboration among team members.  - Develop better communication skills.  - Participate in games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	BLL Games and Practices
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Family Fun Day (Rain Date)
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM	Diamond Kings Baseball Practice
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 7:00 PM	Celebrating Saybrook (Showmobile)
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Baby Shower
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Birthday Party
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Graduation Party
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM	Baby Shower
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS State Sectionals Games
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Baby Shower
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	birthday party
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.

Monday June 29, 2026
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Aquatics Staff Summer Training
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Sports Camps - Flag Football Camp Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:30 PM - 8:45 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Bristol Bulldogs Cheer Clinics
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice and Games
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Diamond Kings Baseball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Adult Novice Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Tuesday June 30, 2026
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Sports Camps - Flag Football Camp Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Baseball
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (5:30 PM) - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Special Needs Bowling & Social Program - Adult - Special Needs Bowling & Social Program Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department offers a Special Needs Bowling program for individuals 6 & older in both the summer and winter. This is a fun opportunity to enjoy bowling and time with friends. Fee: $8 to be brought with participant to the bowling alley each meeting.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will: - work on coordination and motor skills through bowling.  - have the chance to socialize and form friendships with peers.  - have the opportunity to enjoy a fun, inclusive activity in a supportive environment. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Women Only Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (6:30 PM) - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Summer Concert - Cajun Ray and The Steamers Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 PM beginning June 23rd.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Soul, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Enjoy a night out and live music by your favorite local area bands! Bring your family and friends, blankets and chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.      June 23rd: The Psychedelic Relics - 60'sFood Truck(s)*: The Cluck Truck, Lucan Jamaican Grill, Doda's Ice CreamJune 30th: Cajun Ray and the Steamers - Acoustic/Rock Food Truck(s)*: Rich Farm Ice Cream, The Cluck Truck, Lucan Jamaican GrillJuly 7th: Country Steel - CountryFood Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, DEM BOYZ Catering, Ritas IcesJuly 14th: The E' Band - R&B / PopFood Truck(s)*: Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 21st: Rock Station Band - Classic RockFood Truck(s)*: Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeJuly 28th: Still Pickin' - Bluegrass / Country Music Food Truck(s)*: Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeAugust 4th: Spirit Shaker - 70s/80s Hard RockFood Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, DEM BOYZ Catering, Doda's Ice CreamAugust 11th: Skyway - R&B / 70sFood Truck(s)*: Ritas IcesWe'll be featuring a different local food truck* every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. *Food Trucks Subject to change.
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Wednesday July 1, 2026
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Sports Camps - Flag Football Camp Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Baseball
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball Games
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Thursday July 2, 2026
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Basketball League at Brackett Park - Basketball League at Brackett Park Program Description:Basketball League at Brackett Park is a FREE recreational basketball league for Bristol youth ages 11-17 of all genders and skill levels. This program will run on Thursdays (11am-1pm) from July 2nd, 2026 to August 13th, 2026 and will take place at Brackett Park, with a rain location of the Bristol Boys and Girls Club. The league will consist of six weeks of regular season games and one week of playoffs, ending with a championship game and a food truck celebration for all registered program members to enjoy!Program Benefits:- Participants will further develop sportsmanship skills.- Participants will be able to connect with peers throughout the Summer.- Participants will be able to spend supervised time engaging in a recreational activity in the park!Program Coordinator: This program is ran collaboratively by Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services (BPRYCS) and the Boys and Girls Club of Bristol, with support from the Bristol Police Department. If you have any questions about the program, please contact Raven Cody, Youth & Family Coordinator with BPRYCS, at ravencody@bristolct.gov or 860-314-4690.
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Sports Camps - Flag Football Camp Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:15 PM - 8:30 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (5:30 PM) - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): You Shall Not Pass @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Team Royal @ Toilet League Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball Games
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (6:30 PM) - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Team Royal @ You Shall Not Pass Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Toilet League @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Out of the Blue @ Ball Benders Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Dig Pics @ Running Late Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Sandy Cheeks @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Dig Pics @ Ball Benders Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Out of the Blue @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Sandy Cheeks @ Running Late Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.

Friday July 3, 2026
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS Practice and Games
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	BLL/BGLLS Practice
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	Community Volleyball for DCF Youth
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Saturday July 4, 2026
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	BLL Games and Practices
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Bell City Barnstormers Games
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (DMAC) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Rockwell Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Family Outing/Picnic
2:02 PM - 6:00 PM	Graduation party

Sunday July 5, 2026
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - 2026 Men's 40+ Spring Softball League Program Description:BPRYCS will be offering a Spring and Fall Men's 40-and-Over Slowpitch Softball league. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix Street Field or Casey Field. Each team is guaranteed 16 regular season games (8 double headers), and all teams will make the playoffs. The league winners will receive championship t-shirts.Program Note:BPRYCS is only able to admit 6 teams into the Spring and Fall leagues, so don't wait to register. Registration is first-come, first-served. Registration is first come, first served. The total fee for a team is $800, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full when registering online or at the BPRYCS office, or teams can choose to pay only the $200 deposit at the time of registration to reserve their spot in the league, but a team representative must submit the remaining $600 to the BPRYCS office before their first game. Individual Players:BPRYCS is currently only taking full team registrations. If you are an individual looking to join, or have a group of players but not enough for a full team, please reach out to League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as batting, catching, and throwing.  - Develop teamwork and collaboration among team members.  - Develop better communication skills.  - Participate in games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	BLL Games and Practices
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Bell City Barnstormers Games
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.

Monday July 6, 2026
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Ai Chi- Mon, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Sports Camps - Volleyball Camp - Session 1 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 14th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, April 21st for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBAProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Stafford Elementary School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Camp Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessParticipant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. Each participant must complete a custom form to attend camp, and because this form may take longer than 15 minutes, it could interrupt your checkout process. We strongly recommend completing the required form for each participant BEFORE registering, and forms can be filled out at any time. The required form is the 2026 General Camp Authorization Form, which can be accessed by selecting the appropriate household member, scrolling down to the Custom Forms section, and clicking Add Custom Forms, or by selecting 2026 General Camp Authorization Form under the Forms and Files section below.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts July 6. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, July 1 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:15 PM - 8:30 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM	BYFC Cheer Practice
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, PM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Tuesday July 7, 2026
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season - Rain Date
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Pilates- Tue, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Sports Camps - Volleyball Camp - Session 1 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 14th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, April 21st for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBAProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Stafford Elementary School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Camp Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessParticipant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. Each participant must complete a custom form to attend camp, and because this form may take longer than 15 minutes, it could interrupt your checkout process. We strongly recommend completing the required form for each participant BEFORE registering, and forms can be filled out at any time. The required form is the 2026 General Camp Authorization Form, which can be accessed by selecting the appropriate household member, scrolling down to the Custom Forms section, and clicking Add Custom Forms, or by selecting 2026 General Camp Authorization Form under the Forms and Files section below.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts July 6. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, July 1 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	B.E.S.T. Mindful Yoga Series - B.E.S.T. Mindful Choices Yoga Series Move, breathe, and recharge. Our yoga series helps engage the body, calm the mind, and empower healthier daily choices. No registration required.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Baseball
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (5:30 PM) - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM	BYFC Cheer Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Special Needs Bowling & Social Program - Adult - Special Needs Bowling & Social Program Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department offers a Special Needs Bowling program for individuals 6 & older in both the summer and winter. This is a fun opportunity to enjoy bowling and time with friends. Fee: $8 to be brought with participant to the bowling alley each meeting.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will: - work on coordination and motor skills through bowling.  - have the chance to socialize and form friendships with peers.  - have the opportunity to enjoy a fun, inclusive activity in a supportive environment. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Zumba- Tue, PM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (6:30 PM) - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Summer Concert - Country Steel Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 PM beginning June 23rd.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Soul, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Enjoy a night out and live music by your favorite local area bands! Bring your family and friends, blankets and chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.      June 23rd: The Psychedelic Relics - 60'sFood Truck(s)*: The Cluck Truck, Lucan Jamaican Grill, Doda's Ice CreamJune 30th: Cajun Ray and the Steamers - Acoustic/Rock Food Truck(s)*: Rich Farm Ice Cream, The Cluck Truck, Lucan Jamaican GrillJuly 7th: Country Steel - CountryFood Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, DEM BOYZ Catering, Ritas IcesJuly 14th: The E' Band - R&B / PopFood Truck(s)*: Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 21st: Rock Station Band - Classic RockFood Truck(s)*: Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeJuly 28th: Still Pickin' - Bluegrass / Country Music Food Truck(s)*: Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeAugust 4th: Spirit Shaker - 70s/80s Hard RockFood Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, DEM BOYZ Catering, Doda's Ice CreamAugust 11th: Skyway - R&B / 70sFood Truck(s)*: Ritas IcesWe'll be featuring a different local food truck* every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. *Food Trucks Subject to change.
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim-Summer- Learning the Basics Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim- Summer- Improving skills and Swimming Strokes Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Wednesday July 8, 2026
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season - Rain Date
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Wed, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
8:15 AM - 9:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Fountain of Youth)- Wed, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 14th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, April 21st for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBAProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Stafford Elementary School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Camp Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessParticipant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. Each participant must complete a custom form to attend camp, and because this form may take longer than 15 minutes, it could interrupt your checkout process. We strongly recommend completing the required form for each participant BEFORE registering, and forms can be filled out at any time. The required form is the 2026 General Camp Authorization Form, which can be accessed by selecting the appropriate household member, scrolling down to the Custom Forms section, and clicking Add Custom Forms, or by selecting 2026 General Camp Authorization Form under the Forms and Files section below.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts July 6. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, July 1 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Intervals)- Wed, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Sports Camps - Volleyball Camp - Session 1 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - July Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows - Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows (Level 1) - Session 1 Program Description:Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows introduces participants to foundational horse care and handling in a safe, supportive, and hands-on environment. Participants develop practical skills while building confidence, communication, problem-solving abilities, and positive peer connections. Please note that there is no riding in these classes. Participants are encouraged to attend more than one session in any level, as horsemanship skills take time and repetition to develop. Each session offers new learning opportunities, including working with different horses, and participants who return for additional classes have shown meaningful growth.Level 1 Class: Our friends at Shepard Meadows will help teach numerous horse skills such as grooming, tacking, and leading. This program also provides the opportunity to challenge participants to persevere, problem-solve, and communicate. This program helps participants connect with their peers socially, as well as promotes the development of self-esteem.  Level 2 Class: Participants are able to build on the skills that were learned in the Horsemanship Level 1 class. It is a requirement for registrants to complete Horsemanship Level 1 before enrolling in the Horsemanship Level 2 class.Required Forms:Please complete the documents in the forms section and bring them with you to the first class. About the Instructors:Amy DegumbiaInstructor & Equine SpecialistPATH, Intl. Therapeutic Riding InstructorAmy grew up on a small farm and owned a couple of horses.  She was 5 years old when she first started to ride, and 13 when she got a horse of her own – he was a young and spirited Arabian.  Amy competed in Arabian Horse Association shows, mostly in dressage, but some jumping too.  She worked as a Veterinary Technician and gained a great deal of knowledge about animal health and first aid, and became Certified as an Animal Behaviorist.  Amy attended Tunxis Community College and Central Connecticut State University for her degree.  She is grateful to have horses as a part of her life, and loves to share that with the participants in our program! Amy is a Certified Therapeutic Riding Instructor through the Professional Association of Therapeutic Horsemanship and teaches mounted and unmounted lessons all week long. Michelle OcampoMichelle started riding when she was 10 years old and never stopped! She has ridden Western, English, dressage, and has done some eventing as well. Michelle attended UCONN and graduated with a degree in Animal Science with an Equine Focus, and now has her own small farm where her 3 horses live. She is grateful to spend her whole day with horses, both at home and at work, and loves sharing her passion and knowledge with the participants in our programs.Program Benefits:By the end of the program, participants will:- Learn and demonstrate safe horse handling skills, including grooming, haltering, and leading.- Gain an understanding of horse behavior and identify the horse's body language. - Gain an understanding of a healthy horse diet and be able to identify what is healthy/unhealthy for horses to eat. - Identify grooming tools and their purpose. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM	BYFC Cheer Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball Games
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Fit Float- Wed, PM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Adult Novice Lessons - July Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Thursday July 9, 2026
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season - Rain Date
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 14th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, April 21st for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBAProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Stafford Elementary School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Camp Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessParticipant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. Each participant must complete a custom form to attend camp, and because this form may take longer than 15 minutes, it could interrupt your checkout process. We strongly recommend completing the required form for each participant BEFORE registering, and forms can be filled out at any time. The required form is the 2026 General Camp Authorization Form, which can be accessed by selecting the appropriate household member, scrolling down to the Custom Forms section, and clicking Add Custom Forms, or by selecting 2026 General Camp Authorization Form under the Forms and Files section below.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts July 6. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, July 1 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Hydrorider- Thurs, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Sports Camps - Volleyball Camp - Session 1 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Basketball League at Brackett Park - Basketball League at Brackett Park Program Description:Basketball League at Brackett Park is a FREE recreational basketball league for Bristol youth ages 11-17 of all genders and skill levels. This program will run on Thursdays (11am-1pm) from July 2nd, 2026 to August 13th, 2026 and will take place at Brackett Park, with a rain location of the Bristol Boys and Girls Club. The league will consist of six weeks of regular season games and one week of playoffs, ending with a championship game and a food truck celebration for all registered program members to enjoy!Program Benefits:- Participants will further develop sportsmanship skills.- Participants will be able to connect with peers throughout the Summer.- Participants will be able to spend supervised time engaging in a recreational activity in the park!Program Coordinator: This program is ran collaboratively by Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services (BPRYCS) and the Boys and Girls Club of Bristol, with support from the Bristol Police Department. If you have any questions about the program, please contact Raven Cody, Youth & Family Coordinator with BPRYCS, at ravencody@bristolct.gov or 860-314-4690.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys and Girls Club
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:15 PM - 6:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Teenage Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:15 PM - 6:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Teenage Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Gymnastics with FCG (Future Champions Gymnastics) - Tiny Twisters - Summer Program Description: This program offers participants an introduction into gymnastics. These classes encourage whole body exercise, including development in strength, flexibility and coordination. Classes are structured and allow for participants to socialize with others in a safe and controlled environment.Program Notes: - FCG Gymnastics is located at 390 West Street in Bristol. - Please note, all participants must be fully potty trained to enroll in Gymnastics with FCG. The use of diapers and/or pull-ups are not permitted. About the Instructors: Meet the Coaches that make FCG the vibrant, fun place it is. The coaches see great potential in every athlete, and are passionate about staying active and living a healthy lifestyle. Staff are First Aid, CPR, & AED Certified. Program Benefits: By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (5:30 PM) - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM	BYFC Cheer Practice
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM	Gymnastics with FCG (Future Champions Gymnastics) - Gymstars - Summer Program Description: This program offers participants an introduction into gymnastics. These classes encourage whole body exercise, including development in strength, flexibility and coordination. Classes are structured and allow for participants to socialize with others in a safe and controlled environment.Program Notes: - FCG Gymnastics is located at 390 West Street in Bristol. - Please note, all participants must be fully potty trained to enroll in Gymnastics with FCG. The use of diapers and/or pull-ups are not permitted. About the Instructors: Meet the Coaches that make FCG the vibrant, fun place it is. The coaches see great potential in every athlete, and are passionate about staying active and living a healthy lifestyle. Staff are First Aid, CPR, & AED Certified. Program Benefits: By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Team Royal @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Toilet League @ You Shall Not Pass Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball Games
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Women Only Lessons - July Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (6:30 PM) - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Toilet League @ Team Royal Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor): Sets on the Beach @ You Shall Not Pass Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim- Summer- Improving skills and Swimming Strokes Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Dig Pics @ Sandy Cheeks Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Out of the Blue @ Running Late Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Ball Benders @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Dig Pics @ Out of the Blue Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Running Late @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor): Ball Benders @ Sandy Cheeks Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 11 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessNOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim-Summer- Learning the Basics Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Friday July 10, 2026
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season - Rain Date
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Hydrorider- Fr, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Sports Camps - Volleyball Camp - Session 1 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys and Girls Club
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Bristol Boys and Girls Club/Future Champions Gymnastics/Camp Quest
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:15 PM - 8:30 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM	BYFC Cheer Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, PM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	Community Volleyball for DCF Youth
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Saturday July 11, 2026
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	BLL Games and Practices
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Bell City Barnstormers Games
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool - Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk attendant for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class DescriptionsAll Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water.-Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet.-Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsThe LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15.- Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older.- Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (DMAC) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) 2026 - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Rockwell Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM	Gender Reveal
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season

Sunday July 12, 2026
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - 2026 Men's 40+ Spring Softball League Program Description:BPRYCS will be offering a Spring and Fall Men's 40-and-Over Slowpitch Softball league. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix Street Field or Casey Field. Each team is guaranteed 16 regular season games (8 double headers), and all teams will make the playoffs. The league winners will receive championship t-shirts.Program Note:BPRYCS is only able to admit 6 teams into the Spring and Fall leagues, so don't wait to register. Registration is first-come, first-served. Registration is first come, first served. The total fee for a team is $800, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full when registering online or at the BPRYCS office, or teams can choose to pay only the $200 deposit at the time of registration to reserve their spot in the league, but a team representative must submit the remaining $600 to the BPRYCS office before their first game. Individual Players:BPRYCS is currently only taking full team registrations. If you are an individual looking to join, or have a group of players but not enough for a full team, please reach out to League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as batting, catching, and throwing.  - Develop teamwork and collaboration among team members.  - Develop better communication skills.  - Participate in games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM	BLL Games and Practices
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:45 AM - 7:00 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
11:45 AM - 7:00 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Blues Regular Season
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM	Birthday Party

Monday July 13, 2026
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Ai Chi- Mon, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Sports Camps - Volleyball Camp - Session 2 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 2 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 14th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, April 21st for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBAProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Stafford Elementary School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Camp Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessParticipant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. Each participant must complete a custom form to attend camp, and because this form may take longer than 15 minutes, it could interrupt your checkout process. We strongly recommend completing the required form for each participant BEFORE registering, and forms can be filled out at any time. The required form is the 2026 General Camp Authorization Form, which can be accessed by selecting the appropriate household member, scrolling down to the Custom Forms section, and clicking Add Custom Forms, or by selecting 2026 General Camp Authorization Form under the Forms and Files section below.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts July 6. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, July 1 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys and Girls Club
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	BBGC Camp
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:15 PM - 8:30 PM	American Legion Seniors Regular Season
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Sports Camps - MultiSportTots Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 1 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM	BYFC Cheer Practice
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:45 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 1 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Bell City Broncos Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, PM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Pickleball (Open Play) - Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Session 2 Program Description:The BPRYCS Open Play Pickleball program is designed to offer pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels a fun and relaxed (at times) environment to play and enjoy the game. This program focuses on providing game opportunities without formal instruction. Whether you're a seasoned player or new to the sport, our co-ed Open Play Pickleball program is a great way to stay active, meet new people, and improve your skills through gameplay. In this program, participants are able to play as much or as little as they would like with others of comparable skill levels. Participants are responsible for organizing their games with oversight from the "Program Instructor". This program offers no formal instruction or coaching, rather an opportunity to play for fun, fitness, and to improve your game. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Become more familiar with the basic rules of Pickleball.- Practice fundamentals, such as serving, forehand shots, backhand shots, and dinks.- Volley and score in doubles matches with like-skilled players.About the Instructor:Monique Cloutier is a pickleball player with a 2.5 skill rating who takes pleasure in playing the game of pickleball. Monique has both led and participated in the BPRYCS program for many years now. Inclement Weather (Outdoor Sessions Only):In the case of inclement weather, class will be moved to the Bristol Senior Center to avoid cancellations. The Senior Center has fewer courts, so your patience between games is appreciated. Please ensure that you are signed up to receive email & text blast from BPRYCS, as this will be the main way that any location change is communicated. All Pickleball players must enter the Senior Center through the back doors located by the gym.Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Summer Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Tennis (Ages 8-12): Classes focus on teaching and building upon the fundamentals of tennis while helping experienced players improve technique, consistency, and match play. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Ryan BattistoRyan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club's tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailed to juniors and adults alike.Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure in the tennis community. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the tennis community. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry.Emma MazzoneEmma Mazzone is a Bristol native tennis figure who contributes to the sport both as a competitive player and as the head coach of the Bristol Central boys' tennis team. Mazzone has competed as a tennis player in Connecticut and has a Universal Tennis Rating (UTR) of 4.0. She is an active competitive player in the Bristol/West Hartford area. Emma serves as the head coach of the boy's tennis team at Bristol Central High School. She has experience in: Leading programs as a part of BCHS's spring athletic offerings. Organizing practices, developing players' skills, and guiding teams through interscholastic competition. Technical understanding of the game. Ability to mentor developing athletes. Emphasizing fundamentals, match play, and team development. Brittany PetrucciBrittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness

Tuesday July 14, 2026
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2026 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 6 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will learn to:- Improve their competitive stroke techniques- Improve their swimming endurance.- Improved their self-confidence in regards to their swimming ability.- Challenge themselves and others to improve stroke through practice, repitition and competition as individuals and as a team.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessIf you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Pilates- Tue, AM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Sports Camps - Volleyball Camp - Session 2 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 2 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 14th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, April 21st for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBAProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Stafford Elementary School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Camp Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessParticipant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. Each participant must complete a custom form to attend camp, and because this form may take longer than 15 minutes, it could interrupt your checkout process. We strongly recommend completing the required form for each participant BEFORE registering, and forms can be filled out at any time. The required form is the 2026 General Camp Authorization Form, which can be accessed by selecting the appropriate household member, scrolling down to the Custom Forms section, and clicking Add Custom Forms, or by selecting 2026 General Camp Authorization Form under the Forms and Files section below.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts July 6. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, July 1 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	B.E.S.T. Mindful Yoga Series - B.E.S.T. Mindful Choices Yoga Series Move, breathe, and recharge. Our yoga series helps engage the body, calm the mind, and empower healthier daily choices. No registration required.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim - Rockwell Park Pool - Summer (Weekdays) 2026 - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the information under each sub-heading below. Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys and Girls Club
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2026 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2026-2027 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2-3 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will: - Improve on fundamental skills such as running, catching, and hitting.  - Develop teamwork, collaboration, and communication skills among team members and coaches.  - Participate in practices and games to compete for league championship. Wellness Benefits:   Learn More about the Dimensions of WellnessProgram Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 6th, at Page Park. More information regarding tryouts will be sent out at a later date.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 7, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol Residents will open on April 14, 2026 at 12:00 PM. Registration for Non-Bristol Residents will open on April 15, 2026 at 12:00 PM. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2025-2026 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.Program Benefits: By the end of the program, participants will learn to:- Improve their knowledge and skill development in competitive stroke techniques.- Improve their endurance swimming.- Improve their self-confidence in swimming ability both as an individual and as a team.- Gain experience in competitive swimming against peers of similar ages and different competitive teams.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Sports Camps - MultiSportTots Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:00 PM - 7:30 PM	Baseball
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (5:30 PM) - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Sports Camps - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 1 Program Description:Looking for a summer camp that keeps your child active, engaged, and smiling all day long? Skyhawks Sports Academy summer camps are designed to create unforgettable experiences for kids of all skill levels. With expert coaching, a wide variety of sports, and a focus on fun and character-building, Skyhawks is a summer camp like no other, and the best part, we have camps across the U.S so every child has an opportunity to experience the Skyhawks way.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of each camp, participants will:  - build age appropriate skills such as coordination, movement, ball handling, and sport fundamentals. - strengthen teamwork, leadership, and sportsmanship in a supportive environment.  - engage in organized activities, drills, and games that reinforce skill progression and understanding of rules.Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Bell City Broncos Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL Games and Practices
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Special Needs Bowling & Social Program - Adult - Special Needs Bowling & Social Program Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department offers a Special Needs Bowling program for individuals 6 & older in both the summer and winter. This is a fun opportunity to enjoy bowling and time with friends. Fee: $8 to be brought with participant to the bowling alley each meeting.Program Benefits: By the end of this program, participants will: - work on coordination and motor skills through bowling.  - have the chance to socialize and form friendships with peers.  - have the opportunity to enjoy a fun, inclusive activity in a supportive environment. Wellness Benefits:        Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM	Unavailable
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Late Summer 2026 - Summer -Aqua Zumba- Tue, PM Our water exercise program offers several different types of classes that include: Aqua Aerobics Aqua Ai Chi Aqua Bootcamp Aqua Pilates "Aqualates" Aqua Zumba Aquatics for Arthritis (Fountain of Youth or Aqua-interval) Fit Float Hydrorider Underwater Cycling Water Walking Water Exercise Classes are offered Monday through Friday at the Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (located at 325 Mix Street, Bristol, CT 06010). Register for a full 8-week session or drop in!Resident: $45 per session / Non-Residents: $50 per sessionDrop in fee: $10 per class Download a Copy of the Class DescriptionsDownload a Copy of the Class ScheduleClasses range from low intensity to high intensity and offer options to modify class intensity. All fitness levels are welcome!   About the Instructor(s): Our water exercise instructors have an accumulated 20+ years of experience. Learn more about our instructors under the forms and files below. Julia: Aqua Ai-Chi, Aqua Pilates Shirley: Aqua Arthritis Fountain of Youth Arthritis Intervals Allie: Aqua Aerobics Divya: Aqua Boot Camp, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot Camp, Fit Float, Hydro Rider Taneesha: Aqua Zumba Bryan: Aqua Aerobics Additional Information as Needed:   Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older. Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes. Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time. Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point. Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits  Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.  Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members. Wellness Benefits:    Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates and Yoga Fusion (6:30 PM) - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 1300 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 10 years.Summer Program Location:Chapter 126 - Oak Hill School. Address: 47 Upson Street, Bristol, CT 06010.Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:  - Perform 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness.  - Complete 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body.  - Combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind. Wellness Benefits:      Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Summer Concert - The E’ Band Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 PM beginning June 23rd.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Soul, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Enjoy a night out and live music by your favorite local area bands! Bring your family and friends, blankets and chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.      June 23rd: The Psychedelic Relics - 60'sFood Truck(s)*: The Cluck Truck, Lucan Jamaican Grill, Doda's Ice CreamJune 30th: Cajun Ray and the Steamers - Acoustic/Rock Food Truck(s)*: Rich Farm Ice Cream, The Cluck Truck, Lucan Jamaican GrillJuly 7th: Country Steel - CountryFood Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, DEM BOYZ Catering, Ritas IcesJuly 14th: The E' Band - R&B / PopFood Truck(s)*: Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 21st: Rock Station Band - Classic RockFood Truck(s)*: Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeJuly 28th: Still Pickin' - Bluegrass / Country Music Food Truck(s)*: Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeAugust 4th: Spirit Shaker - 70s/80s Hard RockFood Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, DEM BOYZ Catering, Doda's Ice CreamAugust 11th: Skyway - R&B / 70sFood Truck(s)*: Ritas IcesWe'll be featuring a different local food truck* every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. *Food Trucks Subject to change.
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim-Summer- Learning the Basics Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
7:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Tennis - Private Lessons - Private Tennis Lessons - Summer Program Description:Private tennis lessons are a great option for players looking for personalized instruction in a supportive and flexible setting. Open to participants ages 6 and up, each lesson provides one-on-one attention from the instructor and is designed around the participant's individual skill level, goals, and areas for improvement. Unlike group lessons, private instruction allows for more focused feedback, skill development, and practice time, helping players build confidence and improve at their own pace.Lessons are scheduled as one-day, one-hour sessions, and participants have the flexibility to register for as many lessons as they would like. Whether you are new to the game or looking to strengthen specific skills, private lessons offer a fun and effective way to grow as a player. The cost per lesson is $50 (per day/hour). About the Instructor:Ryan Battisto is a highly experienced tennis professional who has served as the Head Tennis Professional at Chippanee Country Club in Bristol, Connecticut for over 27 years. Throughout his tenure, he has played a central role in developing and leading the club’s tennis program, working with players of all ages and skill levels. Battisto brings decades of teaching and coaching experience, with 27 years of documented instructional work at Chippanee alone. He is known for his ability to foster player development from beginner fundamentals through advanced competitive training, offering private lessons, group clinics, and specialized programs tailored to juniors and adults alike. A key focus of Battisto’s career has been junior development. He has spent many years inspiring young players through structured clinics, competitive opportunities, and skill-building programs that emphasize both technique and enjoyment of the game. His work has helped cultivate a strong pipeline of junior athletes within the club and local tennis community. Known for his passion, energy, and dedication to the game, Ryan Battisto has been a long-standing and influential figure at Chippanee Country Club, contributing significantly to the club’s reputation for strong tennis instruction and programming. Ryan is a current member and certified instructor with the United States Professional Tennis Registry. Program Benefits:By the end of the lesson, the participant will: - Demonstrate improved forehand, backhand, volley, and/or serve technique. - Execute proper footwork patterns to move more efficiently around the court.  - Show increased confidence when competing in practice matches and tournaments. Wellness Benefits:       Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Swim Lessons - Adult Swim- Summer- Improving skills and Swimming Strokes Program Description: Swimming lessons are essential for individuals of all age groups. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Adult Swim Lesson program is taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Goggles are strongly recommended. Participants get a free "membership" for the duration of the 8-week swim lessons. for best progression, it is recommended that participants attend every class if possible and come to open swims to practice in between classes.About the Instructor(s): This program is instructed by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors.Class descriptions:Adult Swim- Learning the Basics: This class introduces basic aquatic skills and swimming strokes, including Front Crawl, Breaststroke and Elementary Backstroke. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that do not know how to swim or know very little basic swimming skills.Adult Swim-Improving Skills and swimming Strokes: This class seeks to improve participants' proficiency in basic aquatic skills and the six basic swimming strokes. The six basic strokes include front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke and the optional butterfly. Participants also learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency. This level is for those that already have basic swimming knowledge.Program Benefits:-Participants will gain confidence.-Participants will learn basic swimming strokes and skills.-Swimming Lessons can help improve mental health!-Participants will learn skills and concepts needed to stay safe around water, in addition to those needed to help themselves or others in an aquatic emergency.Wellness Benefits:     Learn More about the Dimensions of Wellness